Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams

Preface

Getting Started

Basic Tasks Advanced Tasks

Customizing

Workbench Description

Index

copy Dassault Systegravemes 1994-2001 All rights reserved

PrefaceThe CATIA Version 5 Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams product providescustomers with a complete set of tools to create modify analyze and document theirPiping and Instrumentation Diagrams (PampID) designs

Specifically this product provides you with the capability to create and manage logicaldesigns of piping systems using industry standard conventions terminology andpractices The tools are focused on creating an intelligent diagram that captures allappropriate design information With this intelligent diagram design the user is able tomore productively create and validate designs In addition the captured intelligencecan be reused for downstream design processes which provides additional benefit tothe customerrsquos overall design process

General layout and design tools are provided to place locate and manage equipmentpiping lines and IampC loops In addition capabilities are provided to quickly annotatediagrams with intelligent annotation queryanalyzevalidate design information and togenerate appropriate report information All of these design tools are provided via ahighly intuitive and productive user interface that allows the user to quickly createmodify and manage designs

Together with other CATIA Version 5 products the Piping and InstrumentationDiagrams product gives users the power to manage their piping systems from initialdesign to ship or plant operations in a completely flexible way

Using This Guide

Using This GuideThis book describes how to use the CATIA Version 5 Piping and InstrumentationDiagrams product Before you read it you should be familiar with basic CATIA Version5 concepts such as document windows standard tool bars and view tool bars

To get the most out of this guide you should start with the tutorial in the GettingStarted section

The remaining sections of the book describe in detail the procedures for using all of thefeatures of the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams product The procedures aredivided into basic advanced and customization sections

Getting StartedThe following short tutorial provides an introduction to the CATIA Version 5 Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams product It is intended to give you a feel for the productscapabilities in a few step-by-step scenarios which are listed below

Entering the workbenchSetting up working units and grid

Placing componentsCreate a Line ID

Routing a piping line or I amp C loopPlacing components in a piping line

Repositioning components in a networkBuilding a graphic

These tasks can be completed in about 15 minutes

Entering the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbenchThis task shows you how to enter the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench

1 On the menu bar click Start select Equipment amp Systems and then Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams

2 The New Drawing dialog box displays Click OK3 The PID workbench displays with a new Sheet

Setting working units and gridThis task shows you how to set the units in which you will be working - inches or millimeters or yards and so on Italso shows you how to set the grid if you choose to have one1 To set the working units click on Tools-Options and in the Options window that displays clickGeneral-Parameters and then select the Units tab

2 Select Length under the Magnitude column Click on the down arrow next to the grayed out Length field andselect millimeters This sets the units to millimeters

3 To set the grid click Tools-Options and in the Options window that shows click MechanicalDesign-Drafting and then select the General tab

4 Check the Display option if it is not checked For Primary Spacing enter 50 mm and for Graduationsenter 5 mm Primary Spacing refers to the bold lines in the grid Graduations are the lighter gray lines

5 Click OK

To learn more about these options read the Infrastructure and Drafting documentation

Placing componentsThis task shows you how to place components

You can place components by selecting in the catalog browser by selecting inthe specifications tree or by selecting in your document Components will displayin the specifications tree if included in your document1

To place a part from the catalog click the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays

2 Click on the component you want to place3 Click at the location where you want to place the component The component

is placed

4 To place a component from the specifications tree click on the PlaceComponent button and with the Catalog Browser displayed click (in thespecifications tree) on the component you want to place

5 Click where you want to place the component The component is placed6 To place a component that is displayed in your document click on it and then

click at the location where you want to place itIf you have created a component in the detail sheet and not added it to thecatalog you will only be able to place it by selecting in the specifications tree Allnewly created components will show up under the lineReference_Components in the specifications tree To place click on thecomponent and then click at the location you want it

Create a Line IDThis task shows you how to create a Line ID

You need to create a Line ID before you can begin routing and placingcomponents and equipment There are two types of Line ID - Piping Line and I ampC Loop A Line ID is a mechanism for organizing and grouping routes and thecomponents and equipment you place in them When you create a Line ID youalso assign certain characteristics to the line or loop - of size pressure attributesheat tolerance and so on

A Line ID only displays in the specifications tree because it is an organizationalelement The routes you create under it and the components you place willshow in the specifications tree and the viewer The Line ID will show in thespecifications tree as whatever name you give it Each piping line segment youroute will show as PipeFunctionXand each I amp C loop segment will show upas IampCFunctionX X being a unique number Components and equipmentwill show as YYYFunctionX YYY being a component name and X being aunique number ie PumpFunction1

1Click the Line ID button The Create Line ID dialog box displays

2 Give the Line ID a name in the Line ID field 3 Click on the down arrow and select the Line Class4 Click the Properties button and assign properties to the Line ID you are

creating5 Click Apply - you can create more Line IDs if you want to - and OK to end

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Using This GuideThis book describes how to use the CATIA Version 5 Piping and InstrumentationDiagrams product Before you read it you should be familiar with basic CATIA Version5 concepts such as document windows standard tool bars and view tool bars

To get the most out of this guide you should start with the tutorial in the GettingStarted section

The remaining sections of the book describe in detail the procedures for using all of thefeatures of the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams product The procedures aredivided into basic advanced and customization sections

Getting StartedThe following short tutorial provides an introduction to the CATIA Version 5 Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams product It is intended to give you a feel for the productscapabilities in a few step-by-step scenarios which are listed below

Entering the workbenchSetting up working units and grid

Placing componentsCreate a Line ID

Routing a piping line or I amp C loopPlacing components in a piping line

Repositioning components in a networkBuilding a graphic

These tasks can be completed in about 15 minutes

Entering the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbenchThis task shows you how to enter the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench

1 On the menu bar click Start select Equipment amp Systems and then Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams

2 The New Drawing dialog box displays Click OK3 The PID workbench displays with a new Sheet

Setting working units and gridThis task shows you how to set the units in which you will be working - inches or millimeters or yards and so on Italso shows you how to set the grid if you choose to have one1 To set the working units click on Tools-Options and in the Options window that displays clickGeneral-Parameters and then select the Units tab

2 Select Length under the Magnitude column Click on the down arrow next to the grayed out Length field andselect millimeters This sets the units to millimeters

3 To set the grid click Tools-Options and in the Options window that shows click MechanicalDesign-Drafting and then select the General tab

4 Check the Display option if it is not checked For Primary Spacing enter 50 mm and for Graduationsenter 5 mm Primary Spacing refers to the bold lines in the grid Graduations are the lighter gray lines

5 Click OK

To learn more about these options read the Infrastructure and Drafting documentation

Placing componentsThis task shows you how to place components

You can place components by selecting in the catalog browser by selecting inthe specifications tree or by selecting in your document Components will displayin the specifications tree if included in your document1

To place a part from the catalog click the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays

2 Click on the component you want to place3 Click at the location where you want to place the component The component

is placed

4 To place a component from the specifications tree click on the PlaceComponent button and with the Catalog Browser displayed click (in thespecifications tree) on the component you want to place

5 Click where you want to place the component The component is placed6 To place a component that is displayed in your document click on it and then

click at the location where you want to place itIf you have created a component in the detail sheet and not added it to thecatalog you will only be able to place it by selecting in the specifications tree Allnewly created components will show up under the lineReference_Components in the specifications tree To place click on thecomponent and then click at the location you want it

Create a Line IDThis task shows you how to create a Line ID

You need to create a Line ID before you can begin routing and placingcomponents and equipment There are two types of Line ID - Piping Line and I ampC Loop A Line ID is a mechanism for organizing and grouping routes and thecomponents and equipment you place in them When you create a Line ID youalso assign certain characteristics to the line or loop - of size pressure attributesheat tolerance and so on

A Line ID only displays in the specifications tree because it is an organizationalelement The routes you create under it and the components you place willshow in the specifications tree and the viewer The Line ID will show in thespecifications tree as whatever name you give it Each piping line segment youroute will show as PipeFunctionXand each I amp C loop segment will show upas IampCFunctionX X being a unique number Components and equipmentwill show as YYYFunctionX YYY being a component name and X being aunique number ie PumpFunction1

1Click the Line ID button The Create Line ID dialog box displays

2 Give the Line ID a name in the Line ID field 3 Click on the down arrow and select the Line Class4 Click the Properties button and assign properties to the Line ID you are

creating5 Click Apply - you can create more Line IDs if you want to - and OK to end

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Getting StartedThe following short tutorial provides an introduction to the CATIA Version 5 Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams product It is intended to give you a feel for the productscapabilities in a few step-by-step scenarios which are listed below

Entering the workbenchSetting up working units and grid

Placing componentsCreate a Line ID

Routing a piping line or I amp C loopPlacing components in a piping line

Repositioning components in a networkBuilding a graphic

These tasks can be completed in about 15 minutes

Entering the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbenchThis task shows you how to enter the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench

1 On the menu bar click Start select Equipment amp Systems and then Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams

2 The New Drawing dialog box displays Click OK3 The PID workbench displays with a new Sheet

Setting working units and gridThis task shows you how to set the units in which you will be working - inches or millimeters or yards and so on Italso shows you how to set the grid if you choose to have one1 To set the working units click on Tools-Options and in the Options window that displays clickGeneral-Parameters and then select the Units tab

2 Select Length under the Magnitude column Click on the down arrow next to the grayed out Length field andselect millimeters This sets the units to millimeters

3 To set the grid click Tools-Options and in the Options window that shows click MechanicalDesign-Drafting and then select the General tab

4 Check the Display option if it is not checked For Primary Spacing enter 50 mm and for Graduationsenter 5 mm Primary Spacing refers to the bold lines in the grid Graduations are the lighter gray lines

5 Click OK

To learn more about these options read the Infrastructure and Drafting documentation

Placing componentsThis task shows you how to place components

You can place components by selecting in the catalog browser by selecting inthe specifications tree or by selecting in your document Components will displayin the specifications tree if included in your document1

To place a part from the catalog click the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays

2 Click on the component you want to place3 Click at the location where you want to place the component The component

is placed

4 To place a component from the specifications tree click on the PlaceComponent button and with the Catalog Browser displayed click (in thespecifications tree) on the component you want to place

5 Click where you want to place the component The component is placed6 To place a component that is displayed in your document click on it and then

click at the location where you want to place itIf you have created a component in the detail sheet and not added it to thecatalog you will only be able to place it by selecting in the specifications tree Allnewly created components will show up under the lineReference_Components in the specifications tree To place click on thecomponent and then click at the location you want it

Create a Line IDThis task shows you how to create a Line ID

You need to create a Line ID before you can begin routing and placingcomponents and equipment There are two types of Line ID - Piping Line and I ampC Loop A Line ID is a mechanism for organizing and grouping routes and thecomponents and equipment you place in them When you create a Line ID youalso assign certain characteristics to the line or loop - of size pressure attributesheat tolerance and so on

A Line ID only displays in the specifications tree because it is an organizationalelement The routes you create under it and the components you place willshow in the specifications tree and the viewer The Line ID will show in thespecifications tree as whatever name you give it Each piping line segment youroute will show as PipeFunctionXand each I amp C loop segment will show upas IampCFunctionX X being a unique number Components and equipmentwill show as YYYFunctionX YYY being a component name and X being aunique number ie PumpFunction1

1Click the Line ID button The Create Line ID dialog box displays

2 Give the Line ID a name in the Line ID field 3 Click on the down arrow and select the Line Class4 Click the Properties button and assign properties to the Line ID you are

creating5 Click Apply - you can create more Line IDs if you want to - and OK to end

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Entering the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbenchThis task shows you how to enter the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench

1 On the menu bar click Start select Equipment amp Systems and then Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams

2 The New Drawing dialog box displays Click OK3 The PID workbench displays with a new Sheet

Setting working units and gridThis task shows you how to set the units in which you will be working - inches or millimeters or yards and so on Italso shows you how to set the grid if you choose to have one1 To set the working units click on Tools-Options and in the Options window that displays clickGeneral-Parameters and then select the Units tab

2 Select Length under the Magnitude column Click on the down arrow next to the grayed out Length field andselect millimeters This sets the units to millimeters

3 To set the grid click Tools-Options and in the Options window that shows click MechanicalDesign-Drafting and then select the General tab

4 Check the Display option if it is not checked For Primary Spacing enter 50 mm and for Graduationsenter 5 mm Primary Spacing refers to the bold lines in the grid Graduations are the lighter gray lines

5 Click OK

To learn more about these options read the Infrastructure and Drafting documentation

Placing componentsThis task shows you how to place components

You can place components by selecting in the catalog browser by selecting inthe specifications tree or by selecting in your document Components will displayin the specifications tree if included in your document1

To place a part from the catalog click the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays

2 Click on the component you want to place3 Click at the location where you want to place the component The component

is placed

4 To place a component from the specifications tree click on the PlaceComponent button and with the Catalog Browser displayed click (in thespecifications tree) on the component you want to place

5 Click where you want to place the component The component is placed6 To place a component that is displayed in your document click on it and then

click at the location where you want to place itIf you have created a component in the detail sheet and not added it to thecatalog you will only be able to place it by selecting in the specifications tree Allnewly created components will show up under the lineReference_Components in the specifications tree To place click on thecomponent and then click at the location you want it

Create a Line IDThis task shows you how to create a Line ID

You need to create a Line ID before you can begin routing and placingcomponents and equipment There are two types of Line ID - Piping Line and I ampC Loop A Line ID is a mechanism for organizing and grouping routes and thecomponents and equipment you place in them When you create a Line ID youalso assign certain characteristics to the line or loop - of size pressure attributesheat tolerance and so on

A Line ID only displays in the specifications tree because it is an organizationalelement The routes you create under it and the components you place willshow in the specifications tree and the viewer The Line ID will show in thespecifications tree as whatever name you give it Each piping line segment youroute will show as PipeFunctionXand each I amp C loop segment will show upas IampCFunctionX X being a unique number Components and equipmentwill show as YYYFunctionX YYY being a component name and X being aunique number ie PumpFunction1

1Click the Line ID button The Create Line ID dialog box displays

2 Give the Line ID a name in the Line ID field 3 Click on the down arrow and select the Line Class4 Click the Properties button and assign properties to the Line ID you are

creating5 Click Apply - you can create more Line IDs if you want to - and OK to end

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Setting working units and gridThis task shows you how to set the units in which you will be working - inches or millimeters or yards and so on Italso shows you how to set the grid if you choose to have one1 To set the working units click on Tools-Options and in the Options window that displays clickGeneral-Parameters and then select the Units tab

2 Select Length under the Magnitude column Click on the down arrow next to the grayed out Length field andselect millimeters This sets the units to millimeters

3 To set the grid click Tools-Options and in the Options window that shows click MechanicalDesign-Drafting and then select the General tab

4 Check the Display option if it is not checked For Primary Spacing enter 50 mm and for Graduationsenter 5 mm Primary Spacing refers to the bold lines in the grid Graduations are the lighter gray lines

5 Click OK

To learn more about these options read the Infrastructure and Drafting documentation

Placing componentsThis task shows you how to place components

You can place components by selecting in the catalog browser by selecting inthe specifications tree or by selecting in your document Components will displayin the specifications tree if included in your document1

To place a part from the catalog click the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays

2 Click on the component you want to place3 Click at the location where you want to place the component The component

is placed

4 To place a component from the specifications tree click on the PlaceComponent button and with the Catalog Browser displayed click (in thespecifications tree) on the component you want to place

5 Click where you want to place the component The component is placed6 To place a component that is displayed in your document click on it and then

click at the location where you want to place itIf you have created a component in the detail sheet and not added it to thecatalog you will only be able to place it by selecting in the specifications tree Allnewly created components will show up under the lineReference_Components in the specifications tree To place click on thecomponent and then click at the location you want it

Create a Line IDThis task shows you how to create a Line ID

You need to create a Line ID before you can begin routing and placingcomponents and equipment There are two types of Line ID - Piping Line and I ampC Loop A Line ID is a mechanism for organizing and grouping routes and thecomponents and equipment you place in them When you create a Line ID youalso assign certain characteristics to the line or loop - of size pressure attributesheat tolerance and so on

A Line ID only displays in the specifications tree because it is an organizationalelement The routes you create under it and the components you place willshow in the specifications tree and the viewer The Line ID will show in thespecifications tree as whatever name you give it Each piping line segment youroute will show as PipeFunctionXand each I amp C loop segment will show upas IampCFunctionX X being a unique number Components and equipmentwill show as YYYFunctionX YYY being a component name and X being aunique number ie PumpFunction1

1Click the Line ID button The Create Line ID dialog box displays

2 Give the Line ID a name in the Line ID field 3 Click on the down arrow and select the Line Class4 Click the Properties button and assign properties to the Line ID you are

creating5 Click Apply - you can create more Line IDs if you want to - and OK to end

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

3 To set the grid click Tools-Options and in the Options window that shows click MechanicalDesign-Drafting and then select the General tab

4 Check the Display option if it is not checked For Primary Spacing enter 50 mm and for Graduationsenter 5 mm Primary Spacing refers to the bold lines in the grid Graduations are the lighter gray lines

5 Click OK

To learn more about these options read the Infrastructure and Drafting documentation

Placing componentsThis task shows you how to place components

You can place components by selecting in the catalog browser by selecting inthe specifications tree or by selecting in your document Components will displayin the specifications tree if included in your document1

To place a part from the catalog click the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays

2 Click on the component you want to place3 Click at the location where you want to place the component The component

is placed

4 To place a component from the specifications tree click on the PlaceComponent button and with the Catalog Browser displayed click (in thespecifications tree) on the component you want to place

5 Click where you want to place the component The component is placed6 To place a component that is displayed in your document click on it and then

click at the location where you want to place itIf you have created a component in the detail sheet and not added it to thecatalog you will only be able to place it by selecting in the specifications tree Allnewly created components will show up under the lineReference_Components in the specifications tree To place click on thecomponent and then click at the location you want it

Create a Line IDThis task shows you how to create a Line ID

You need to create a Line ID before you can begin routing and placingcomponents and equipment There are two types of Line ID - Piping Line and I ampC Loop A Line ID is a mechanism for organizing and grouping routes and thecomponents and equipment you place in them When you create a Line ID youalso assign certain characteristics to the line or loop - of size pressure attributesheat tolerance and so on

A Line ID only displays in the specifications tree because it is an organizationalelement The routes you create under it and the components you place willshow in the specifications tree and the viewer The Line ID will show in thespecifications tree as whatever name you give it Each piping line segment youroute will show as PipeFunctionXand each I amp C loop segment will show upas IampCFunctionX X being a unique number Components and equipmentwill show as YYYFunctionX YYY being a component name and X being aunique number ie PumpFunction1

1Click the Line ID button The Create Line ID dialog box displays

2 Give the Line ID a name in the Line ID field 3 Click on the down arrow and select the Line Class4 Click the Properties button and assign properties to the Line ID you are

creating5 Click Apply - you can create more Line IDs if you want to - and OK to end

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Placing componentsThis task shows you how to place components

You can place components by selecting in the catalog browser by selecting inthe specifications tree or by selecting in your document Components will displayin the specifications tree if included in your document1

To place a part from the catalog click the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays

2 Click on the component you want to place3 Click at the location where you want to place the component The component

is placed

4 To place a component from the specifications tree click on the PlaceComponent button and with the Catalog Browser displayed click (in thespecifications tree) on the component you want to place

5 Click where you want to place the component The component is placed6 To place a component that is displayed in your document click on it and then

click at the location where you want to place itIf you have created a component in the detail sheet and not added it to thecatalog you will only be able to place it by selecting in the specifications tree Allnewly created components will show up under the lineReference_Components in the specifications tree To place click on thecomponent and then click at the location you want it

Create a Line IDThis task shows you how to create a Line ID

You need to create a Line ID before you can begin routing and placingcomponents and equipment There are two types of Line ID - Piping Line and I ampC Loop A Line ID is a mechanism for organizing and grouping routes and thecomponents and equipment you place in them When you create a Line ID youalso assign certain characteristics to the line or loop - of size pressure attributesheat tolerance and so on

A Line ID only displays in the specifications tree because it is an organizationalelement The routes you create under it and the components you place willshow in the specifications tree and the viewer The Line ID will show in thespecifications tree as whatever name you give it Each piping line segment youroute will show as PipeFunctionXand each I amp C loop segment will show upas IampCFunctionX X being a unique number Components and equipmentwill show as YYYFunctionX YYY being a component name and X being aunique number ie PumpFunction1

1Click the Line ID button The Create Line ID dialog box displays

2 Give the Line ID a name in the Line ID field 3 Click on the down arrow and select the Line Class4 Click the Properties button and assign properties to the Line ID you are

creating5 Click Apply - you can create more Line IDs if you want to - and OK to end

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

4 To place a component from the specifications tree click on the PlaceComponent button and with the Catalog Browser displayed click (in thespecifications tree) on the component you want to place

5 Click where you want to place the component The component is placed6 To place a component that is displayed in your document click on it and then

click at the location where you want to place itIf you have created a component in the detail sheet and not added it to thecatalog you will only be able to place it by selecting in the specifications tree Allnewly created components will show up under the lineReference_Components in the specifications tree To place click on thecomponent and then click at the location you want it

Create a Line IDThis task shows you how to create a Line ID

You need to create a Line ID before you can begin routing and placingcomponents and equipment There are two types of Line ID - Piping Line and I ampC Loop A Line ID is a mechanism for organizing and grouping routes and thecomponents and equipment you place in them When you create a Line ID youalso assign certain characteristics to the line or loop - of size pressure attributesheat tolerance and so on

A Line ID only displays in the specifications tree because it is an organizationalelement The routes you create under it and the components you place willshow in the specifications tree and the viewer The Line ID will show in thespecifications tree as whatever name you give it Each piping line segment youroute will show as PipeFunctionXand each I amp C loop segment will show upas IampCFunctionX X being a unique number Components and equipmentwill show as YYYFunctionX YYY being a component name and X being aunique number ie PumpFunction1

1Click the Line ID button The Create Line ID dialog box displays

2 Give the Line ID a name in the Line ID field 3 Click on the down arrow and select the Line Class4 Click the Properties button and assign properties to the Line ID you are

creating5 Click Apply - you can create more Line IDs if you want to - and OK to end

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Create a Line IDThis task shows you how to create a Line ID

You need to create a Line ID before you can begin routing and placingcomponents and equipment There are two types of Line ID - Piping Line and I ampC Loop A Line ID is a mechanism for organizing and grouping routes and thecomponents and equipment you place in them When you create a Line ID youalso assign certain characteristics to the line or loop - of size pressure attributesheat tolerance and so on

A Line ID only displays in the specifications tree because it is an organizationalelement The routes you create under it and the components you place willshow in the specifications tree and the viewer The Line ID will show in thespecifications tree as whatever name you give it Each piping line segment youroute will show as PipeFunctionXand each I amp C loop segment will show upas IampCFunctionX X being a unique number Components and equipmentwill show as YYYFunctionX YYY being a component name and X being aunique number ie PumpFunction1

1Click the Line ID button The Create Line ID dialog box displays

2 Give the Line ID a name in the Line ID field 3 Click on the down arrow and select the Line Class4 Click the Properties button and assign properties to the Line ID you are

creating5 Click Apply - you can create more Line IDs if you want to - and OK to end

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

2 Give the Line ID a name in the Line ID field 3 Click on the down arrow and select the Line Class4 Click the Properties button and assign properties to the Line ID you are

creating5 Click Apply - you can create more Line IDs if you want to - and OK to end

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Routing a piping line or I amp C LoopThis task shows you how to create and route a piping line

A piping line (or I amp C loop) can only be created under a Line ID You can routebetween equipment or components from equipment or component to free spaceand vice versa or entirely in free space See Routing piping lines and I amp CLoops

A piping line is used for carrying fluids An I amp C loop (Instrumentation amp Controlloop) provides a control mechanism over a piping line1

Click the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button The Route Line dialog box displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select the Line ID under which you want tocreate the line If you have numerous Line IDs you can click SortFilter tosearch for the one you want

3 Click New if you want to make a new Line ID4 Select one of the Route modes

Horizontal Vertical You can only route in horizontal or verticalsegmentsHorizontalVertical45 degrees You can route in segments that arehorizontal vertical or at a 45-degree anglePoint-to-point You can route in any directionSingle step You indicate (by clicking) the beginning and end of a lineA line between the two points will be drawn for you in horizontal andvertical segments The line will follow standard routing conventions ieit will not intersect the components you are routing to and from and itwill adopt the most efficient route between two points The imagebelow shows a line being made between two components

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

5 Begin routing Double click to end routing in free space Single click to end itat a component

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Placing components in a piping lineor I amp C loop

This task shows you how to place components in a piping line or I amp C loop

1 With your piping line (or I amp C loop) displayed click on the Place

Components button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it You can also

select a component from the specifications tree or from your document SeePlacing Components

3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the piping line Locatethe position on the line where you want to place the component

4 When you have located the position move the pointer closer to the line until asolid red line shows in the component as in the image below This means thatthe piping line is now preselected

5 Click to place the component The component will be placed

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Repositioning components in anetwork

This task shows you how to reposition components in a network

If you reposition one component that is in a piping line or I amp C Loop the line willstretch to accommodate the move Similarly you can also reposition severalcomponents at the same time To do this you select them in which case they areconsidered to be part of one set that can be manipulated1 Select the components that you want to reposition In the image below the pump

and valve outlined in red have been selected The line between them also getsincluded in the set

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

2 Click on any of the selected components or the line and drag to repositionwhere you want it All the selected components will move and the line will stretchto maintain the connection with the rest of the diagram In the image below theselected components have been moved higher and away from the tank

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Building a graphicThis task shows you how to create a graphic You need to have a graphicalrepresentation of a component before you can build the component You alsoneed to create a graphic to use as an onoff sheet connector1 Click the New Detail Sheet button A detail sheet is created

2 Click the New View button and then click in the detail sheet A detail view iscreated in the sheet The detail view is where you will build the graphic

3 Click on one of the drafting tools such as Line to build the graphic In theimage below a valve has been created

When building a graphic for a component that is to be placed inline youmust place the center of the graphic at the origin as shown in the imageabove

The same methodology is used to build an onoff sheet connector To ensure thatan onoff sheet connector can be placed correctly you should start building it atthe origin and proceed in the positive X direction as shown in the image below

To add a component or an onoff sheet connector to a catalog see Storingobjects in a catalog

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Basic Tasks

The basic tasks for creating documents using the Piping and Instrumentation Diagramsproduct are explained here

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsManage piping lines and I amp C loops

Placing componentsModify object properties

On and off sheet connectorsGeneral design modification

Modifying a componentModifying a route

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Routing piping lines and I amp C loopsThis section explains ways of routing piping lines and IampC loops

Routing between equipmentCreating a branch

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Routing between equipmentThis task shows you how to route between equipment

Click the Route Piping Line button if you want to route a piping line or Route IampC Loop

button for an IampC loop1 Click on a connector on the equipment to begin routing You cannot route to or from a piece

of equipment that does not have a connector2 Route to a connector on the equipment where you want to end Click to end routing The

connectors you have routed to and from will disappear The image below shows equipmentduring and after routing

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Creating a branchThis task shows you how to create a branch to a piping line or I amp C Loop

1 With the piping line or I amp C Loop you want to branch from displayed click on

the Route Piping Line or Route I amp C Loop button TheRoute Line dialog box displays

2 Move the pointer to the location you want to branch from make sure it isselected and begin routing In the image below the line has been selected

3 Double click to end routing in free space The branch will be displayed with aconnector at the end but no connector where it joins the main line

When you create a branch it becomes part of the main line

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Manage piping lines and I amp C loops

Methods of managing piping lines and I amp C loops are discussed in this section

Querying a line ID or its membersSelect a line ID or its membersTransfer members of a line ID

Deleting a line IDRenaming a Line ID

Modifying the properties of a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Querying a Line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to query a Line ID or its members

When you query a member you are asking which line ID it belongs to When you query a line ID you are asking which membersbelong to it1

Click on the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box appears

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

3 To perform a query on a line ID click on the line ID in the Line ID list The members of that line ID will be highlighted To querya member click on it in the document All members that belong to the same line ID will be highlighted and the line ID will behighlighted in the dialog box

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Selecting a line ID or its membersThis task shows you how to select a Line ID or its members

You can edit the properties of line IDs or their members after selecting them

1Click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays

2 Use the Sort and Filter options if you need to Under Filter select the Local option if you only want to filter line IDs in thedocument Select All if you want to filter all line IDs available to you

3 If you are selecting line ID members then select Line ID Members under Selection Type If you want to select a line IDthen select Line ID

4 Click on a line ID in the Line ID list or click on one of the members Either the line ID or the members will be selecteddepending on the selection you made in Step 2

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Transfer members of a line IDThis task shows you how to transfer members of a line ID to another line ID

1With your document open click the Transfer Line ID button TheTransferring Members dialog box displays showing all the line IDs containedin your document

2 Select the line ID to which you want to transfer a member (When you selecta line ID all members that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click on the member that you want to transfer It will be transferred to theline ID you had selected

The line ID and member must be compatible for the transfer to take place Forinstance you cannot transfer a member of an I amp C loop to a piping line

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Deleting a line IDThis task shows you how to delete a line ID

1Click the Delete Line ID button The Delete Line IDs dialog boxdisplays showing all the line IDs contained in your document

2 Select the line ID which you want to delete (When you select a line ID allmembers that belong to it are highlighted)

3 Click Delete If the line ID you selected has any members a message willdisplay alerting you that all members belonging to that line ID will be deleted

4 Click OK The line ID and all its members will be deleted

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Only line IDs contained in your document will be deleted The same line ID used inother documents will not be deleted unless you open those documents and followthe steps given above

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Renaming a Line IDThis task shows you how to rename a Line ID

Only shared Line IDs can be renamed

1Click on the Rename Line ID button The Renaming Line IDs dialogbox displays with a list of Line IDs showing

2 If you want to search for other Line IDs then scroll through the list or enter akeyword in the Filter String field

3 Select the Line ID you want to rename The Rename Line ID dialog boxdisplays

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

4 Enter the new name for the Line ID and click OK5 Click OK again in the Renaming Line IDs box The Line ID will be renamed

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Modifying the properties of a line IDThis task shows you how to modify the properties of a line ID

1With your document open click the SelectQuery Line ID button The Selecting Line IDs dialog box displays showing all the line IDscontained in your document

2 Select the line ID whose properties you want to modify3 Under Selection Type select Line ID4 Click the Properties button The Properties dialog box will display5 Enter your changes and click OK

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Placing components

This section discusses placing components and placing nozzles on components

Placing component multiple timesPlacing a nozzle on a component

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Placing component multiple timesThis task shows you how to place components several times

1 Double click (as opposed to single click) on the Place Components

button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the component you want to place by double clicking on it3 Move your pointer - the component moves with it - to the location where you

want to place the component4 Click to place the component The component will be placed and the

Catalog Browser will remain displayed5 To place the same component again click at a new location6 To place a different component double click on it in the Catalog Browser

and follow the procedure given above

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Placing a nozzle on a componentThis task shows you how to place a nozzle onto a component

This method can also be used to attach other compatible components

1 With the component on which you want to place a nozzle displayed click on

the Place Component button The Catalog Browser displays2 Select the nozzle you want to place move your pointer to the component

and make sure it is selected The nozzle will be placed on the nearestcompatible connector when you click In the image below the nozzle hasattached itself to the nearest connector even though the pointer is not overthe connector

A nozzle will only attach to a piping connector It will not attach to an I amp Cconnector

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Modify object propertiesThis section explains ways of querying and editing the properties of objects Objectsrefers to components lines etc You can edit various properties of objects such asflow capacity etc You can query an object to determine if its properties are derivedfrom another object

Edit or display properties of an objectFilter the properties of an object

Renaming objects

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Edit or display the properties of anobject

This task shows you how to edit or display the properties of objects

1 Select the component

2 Click Edit - Properties The Properties dialog box appears with theproperties displayed under various tabs

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

If the object cannot have derived values then the Derived checkboxes will notdisplay If a Derived checkbox is checked then it means the value is derived Ifit is not checked then the values are not derived A value is considered to bederived when it is obtained from another object For instance a piping routemay derive the values of some properties from the line ID of which it is amember

The Properties dialog box will display several tabs most of which are general toall CATIA products The Graphic tab allows you to change the looks Under theProduct tab you can make changes to the basic Product in the specificationstree such as renaming See CATIA Infrastructure documentation ( Basic Tasks -Manipulating Objects - Displaying and Editing Graphic Properties) and ProductStructure documentation (Users Tasks - Modifying Component Properties) formore information

Specific to PID and HVAC are the following tabs piping equipmentinstrumentation and HVAC They will display depending on the class of objectwhose properties you are editing Click the More button if one of these tabs doesnot display or if you want to see other tabs3 Enter values in the fields and click OK The properties will be edited4 You can override derived values by modifying the values as outlined in Step 3

The Derived checkbox will uncheck You can also override derived values byunchecking the Derived checkbox To revert to derived values check theDerived checkbox

5 Click OK to endSome objects have discrete values - you can only select certain values In thatcase you will be able to display a drop-down box and select one of the values init

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Filter the properties of an objectThis task shows you how to filter the properties of an object displayed in theProperties dialog boxFiltering the properties means you can choose to display or hide any of theproperties shown in the Properties dialog box You can only filter properties thatare unique to PID and HVAC objects1 Click the Filter button on the Properties dialog box (Edit or display

properties of an object) The Attribute Filter box displays

2 Click on each property to toggle between Display and Hide An X next to aproperty means it is displayed The settings will be retained when you openthe Properties dialog box again

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Renaming objectsThis task shows you how to rename objects

You can rename components and routes using this command

1 With your document open click the Rename button The Rename dialog boxdisplays

2 Select a component or route The objects present name will appear in theNew Name field

3 Enter the new name in the New Name field If you want to rename otherobjects click Apply and continue renaming

4 Click OK when finished The objects will be renamedUsing this command to rename a component does not rename all instances ofthat component If you have placed a component more than once in a documentand want to rename all of them you will have to rename each one

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

On and off sheet connectors

Creating and working with on and off sheet connectors are explained in this section Tolearn how to store onoff sheet connectors in a catalog see Storing objects in a catalog

Place on and off sheet connectorLink and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectDisplay document linked to connector

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Placing on and off sheet connectorsThis task shows you how to place on and off sheet connectors in a design

On and off sheet connectors are used when it is not practical to visually displayall of a line in one sheet and a second sheet has to be used or when designconsiderations require interrupting display of the line even if all of it is on onesheet In such cases on and off sheet connectors are placed where display of theline ends and at the point where it is displayed again to show that the visualdisplay was interrupted and the two halves should be regarded as onecontinuous line

To learn how to build a graphical representation of a connector see Building agraphic1

Click the Place OnOff Sheet Connector button The CatalogBrowser displays

2 Locate the connector symbol you want to use and click on it3 Move your pointer to the line where you want to place it NOTE When you

click on the line the symbol will be placed at the closest open connection Youcan also select a connector on the line to place the symbol

4 Repeat the above steps and click on the second line on which you want toplace it The connector symbol will be placed The image below shows on andoff connector symbols placed at the ends of two lines

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Linking amp unlinking on and off sheetconnectors

This task shows you how to link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

1To link click the Link OnOff Sheet Connectors button

2 Click the first connector you want to link3 Click the second connector A link will be created between the two NOTE

Each connector will be highlighted as you move your pointer over it4 To unlink connectors click on the Unlink OnOff Sheet Connectors

button and then click on one of the on or off sheet connectors

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Query connector for linked objectThis task shows you how to query an on or off sheet connector to determine whichconnector it is linked to1

Click the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Move the pointer to the connector you want to query (it will highlight) and click3 A zoomed-in and highlighted image of the linked connector will be displayed The image

below is shown zoomed-out The highlighted connector is the linked one

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Display document linked toconnector

This task shows you how to display the document that is linked to an off sheetconnector1

Click on the Query OnOff Sheet Connectors button 2 Click on the connector that is linked to the off sheet connector in a different

document The Query OnOff Sheet Object Link dialog box displays

3 Click on the Open button The document that contains the linked off sheetconnector will be displayed with the linked connector highlighted

If the document that contains the linked off sheet connector is open a messagewill display telling you that it is already open

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

General Design ModificationWays of making general design modifications are discussed here

Display flow arrows in documentDisplay line gaps in document

Connect objectsDisconnect objects

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Display flow arrows in a documentThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows in the entire document

1 Click View - Flow

2 Select Show All Flow to display all flow arrows and Noshow All Flow tohide all flow arrows in the entire document

See also Display flow arrows on a line

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Display line gaps in documentThis task shows you how to display or hide line gaps in the entire document

If you choose to display line gaps then when a line crosses another it will appearthat there is a gap - although there is no real break If you hide line gaps thenone line will appear to cross another though there will be no connection betweenthe two lines1 Click View - Gaps

2 Select Show All Gaps if you want all gaps to be displayed or Noshow AllGaps if you want to hide them

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Connect objectsThis task shows you how to connect objects

Three conditions must be met before objects can be connected the objectsshould have available connectors the connectors should be compatible and theconnectors on both objects must be at the same location 1 Place the two objects so that the connectors are at the same location

2

Click the Connect button 3 Click on each of the objects you want to connect The connector symbol will

disappear indicating that the two objects are connected

Each object will highlight as you move your pointer over it If one or both objectsdo not highlight then it means that for some reason they are not compatible orconnectors are not availableThe two connectors must be exactly in the same location for the procedure towork If you find that there are available connectors and they are compatible butyou still cannot make a connection then the most likely reason is that the twoconnectors are not at the same location

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Disconnect objectsThis task shows you how to disconnect objects

1Click on the Disconnect button

2 Click on each of the two objects that you want to disconnect The objects willbe disconnected and the connector symbol will display

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Modifying a component

Ways of modifying a component are discussed in this section

Rotating a componentFlipping a component in free spaceFlipping a connected component

Changing the scale of a componentSwitch graphic representations

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Rotating a componentThis task shows you how to rotate a component

A component can only be rotated if it is in free space - connected componentscannot be rotated1

With your component displayed click the Rotate Right or Rotate

Left button2 Move the pointer to the component you want to rotate If it can be rotated (if it

is not connected) it will be selected when you move the pointer over it3 Click on the component to rotate it It will rotate 90 degrees in the direction

you selected The image below shows a selected component and acomponent that has been rotated

Components can only be rotated in 90-degree increments

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Flipping a component in free spaceThis task shows you how to flip a component that is in free space

When a component flips in free space it rotates 180-degrees on the vertical orhorizontal axis The axis on which it will rotate is the X or Y axis as laid out whenthe component graphic was originally created In the image below the componentgraphic was originally created with the Y axis running through the center and theX axis at the base In the second image the Flip Horizontal command was used toflip it on the Y axis In the last image the Flip Vertical command was used to makeit flip on the X axis

1Click the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical button FlipHorizontal will flip the component on its vertical axis Flip Vertical will flip thecomponent on its horizontal axis

2 Click the component you want to flip It will be flipped

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Flipping a connected component This task shows you how to flip a component that is connected

When a component is inline (connected) it will use the line in which it is placed asthe axis on which to flip 1

Click the Flip Inline button if you want the connections to remain

as they were Click the Flip Connections button if you want theconnections to flip also

2 Click the component It will be flipped

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Changing the scale of a componentThis task shows you how to change the scale of a component

1Click the Scale Component button

2 Click on the component whose scale you want to change The ScaleComponent dialog box displays

3 Enter a value in the Scaling Factor field For instance if you enter 2 itwill double the size if you enter 5 it will halve the size

4 Click OK The scale of the component will change

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Switching graphic representationsThis task shows you how to switch graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need toshow more than one version of the same component For instance you mayneed to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quartersclosed position Creating these three versions of the same component allows youto place any one of these To learn how to define graphic representations seeDefine multiple representations of a component1 Right click on the component that you want to replace with a graphic

representation A pop-up menu displays

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

2 Click Swap Graphic The Swap Graphic box displays In the image belowthe box shows that the component has one graphic representationassociated with it

3 Select the representation that you want to replace the component with andclick Close The component will be replaced

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Modifying a routeMethods of modifying routes are discussed in this section

Adjust the position of a segmentMove the extremity of a route

Breaking a routeConnecting two routes

Set the flow direction of a routeDisplay flow arrows on a line

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Adjust the position of a segment This task shows you how to adjust the position of a segment in a line route

A segment can only be adjusted if it has at least one other segment on eitherside1 Select the line in which you want to move a segment The route will be

highlighted and a manipulator will display on all segments that can beadjusted

2 Click and drag to adjust the segment

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

You cannot adjust a segment past the end points of the route Nor can you adjustit past a branch

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Move the extremity of a routeThis task shows you how to move or stretch the extremity of a route

1 Click on the segment whose extremity you want to move or stretch The segment will highlight

2 Click and drag the connector symbol at the end of the section and reposition it The image belowshows a route a route with a section selected and the repositioned extremity

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Breaking a routeThis task shows you how to break a route

1Click the Break Route button

2 Click the route you want to break at the point where you want it broken The route willbe broken and a connector symbol will appear The route has been broken into twoand you can move it if needed as shown in the image below

If the Snap To Grid function is turned on then the line will break at the grid line that isclosest to the point where you clicked

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Connecting two routesThis task shows you how to connect two routes

1Click the Close Route button

2 Click each of the two routes that you want to connect The routes will be connected and theconnector symbol will disappear

For this function to work the connectors on the two routes must be compatible and must be atthe same location

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Set the flow direction of a routeThis task shows you how to set the flow direction of a route

1Click on the Flow Direction button The Flow Direction box appears

2 Select Individual Line Function or All Line Functions in Line ID If you selectIndividual Line Function then you will be able to set the flow direction of a section of the route betweentwo components If you select All Line Function in Line ID then you will be able to set the flow direction ofthe entire route In the image below Individual Line Function was selected

In the following image All Line Function in Line ID was selected

3 Click on the route to toggle between three flow directions The three directions are as shown in the imagebelow

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

If the flow arrows are not displayed then on the first click they will be displayed If they are alreadydisplayed then the first click will change direction

If there is more than one flow direction in a route then the flow direction of each will change independently

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Display flow arrows on a routeThis task shows you how to display or hide flow arrows on a route

1Click on the Flow Show button

2 Click on the route It arrows are not showing they will show If arrows areshowing they will be hidden You can right-click on a route and select fromthe pop-up menu to perform the same function

See also Display flow arrows in a document

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Advanced Tasks

Building new componentsSearch for objects in a diagram

Title block and printingTransferring a diagram

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Building new components

This section explains building new components and storing them adding connectorsand defining flow paths

See the CATIA Infrastructure documentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) formore information on creating catalogs and adding components to catalogs

Create a component with specified typeDefine connectors on a componentDefine flow path on a component

Define multiple representations of a componentStore objects in a catalog

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Create a component with specifiedtype

This task shows you how to create a component and specify a type for it

To learn how to build a graphic see Building a graphic

1With your graphic displayed click on the Build Component button The Build Component dialog box displays

2 Double-click on the main functions to expand them In the image abovePipingPartFunction has been expanded

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

3 Click on one of the types and then click on the graphic The graphic willhighlight

4 Enter a name for the component in the Component Name field5 Click OK The component is created

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Define connectors on a componentThis task shows you how to add connectors to a component

1Click the Build Connector button and then click the component towhich you want to add connectors The Build Connector box displays

2 Select a connector type in the Build Connector box3 Click on the component at the point where you want a connector The

connector display appears

4 Click on one of the arrows to define a directional vector for the connector Oneof the arrows will be selected by default The directional vector establishes theangle at which another connector will attach

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

5 To establish the flow capability of the connector right-click on the connector Apop-up menu appears Move the pointer to Flow Capability and anothermenu offers the options None In Out InOut Select one by clickingon it

6 Add more connectors if you want to by clicking on the component7 Click Close on the Build Connector box to end The connectors will be

addedTo see the connectors again click on the Build Connector button and then on thecomponent To delete a connector right-click on the connector and then clickDelete in the pop-up panel that displays

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Define flow path on a componentThis task shows you how to create a flow path between the connectors on acomponentCreating a flow path only creates a flow connection between connectors It doesnot define the direction of flow which is added during design time1

Click on the Build Internal Flow button and then on the component Theconnectors on the component are numbered and displayed and the CreateFlow Path dialog box is displayed

2 Click on the connectors between which you want a flow path The connectorswill be highlighted as you click on them and the flow path will display At thesame time the two connectors between which there is a flow path will appearin the Create Flow Path box

3 To end click Close4 To delete a connection bring up the Create Flow Path box select the

connectors you want to delete and click Delete

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Define multiple representations of a componentThis task shows you how to define multiple graphic representations of a component

You define multiple graphic representations of a component when you need to show more than one version of the same componentFor instance you may need to show a valve in an open position closed position and three-quarters closed position Creating thesethree versions of the same component allows you to place any one of these The example below assumes you have built acomponent and a graphic (see Building a component and Building a graphic) that you want to use as a representation of thecomponent1

Click the Build Graphic button and then click the component for which you want to create a representation The BuildGraphic dialog box displays The image below shows the component on the left the graphic which you want to define as a graphicrepresentation and the Build Graphic box

2 The Build Graphic box shows a list of graphic representation names you can use Select one and click on the graphic The Definedvalue changes to Yes in the Build Graphic box

3 Click Close The graphic is defined as a representation of the component a_valve4 To disassociate a graphic from a component bring up the Build Graphic box select the graphic and click on the Remove buttonYou cannot define another component as a graphic representation You must build a graphic to use as a graphic representation

You can define a graphic representation of a component that is in the catalog To do so you must open the CATProduct documentwhere catalog components are stored create one or more graphics in the document and follow the steps given above

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Storing objects in a catalogThis task shows you how to store objects such as components and onoff sheetconnectors in a catalogOnly basic information is supplied in this task See CATIA Infrastructuredocumentation (Advanced Tasks - Using Catalogs) for information on creatingand working with catalogs1 With the component you want to store in the catalog displayed click

Infrastructure - Catalog Editor in the Start menu to create a newcatalog To open an existing catalog use the File - Open command andnavigate to the catalog The Catalog Editor opens

2 Click Windows - Tile Horizontally so that both the Catalog Editor andthe component are displayed

3 Double click the family under which you want to add the component You willneed to add a family if this is a new catalog document

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

4 Click the Add Component button The Description Definition dialog boxdisplays

5 Enter (or change) the name for the component and add other information youneed to then click the Select external feature button

6 Click the Preview tab and select the option Local preview (stored incatalog) This will allow an iconized image of the component to bedisplayed in the Catalog Browser

7 Click on the component you want to add to the catalog The component will beadded

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Search for objects in a diagramYou can search for objects in a diagram by using the Edit -Search command Thiswill display the Search dialog box

Under Workbench select Plant Ship Common Under Type select the type of objectyou are searching for Detailed instructions on using the Search function can be foundin the CATIA Infrastructure User Guide under Basic Tasks - Selecting Objects

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Title block and printingThis section discusses annotating your diagram and printing it

Annotating a diagramPrinting a sheet

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Annotating a diagramYou can use the Text command in the Drafting toolbar to add annotations to your

diagram To use click the Text button Instructions for using the Text commandand other commands in the Drafting toolbar are available in the Draftingdocumentation

Drafting toolbar

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Printing a sheetThis task shows you how to print a diagram sheet

1 Click File - Print The Print dialog box displays

2 Enter your preferences and click OK See Drafting documentation to learnmore about the print command

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Transferring a diagramPID or HVAC Diagrams documents can be transferred to other computers or networksHowever there is one factor that you must consider

Each line ID you create has a file associated with it These files are stored in adirectory specified by you When you transfer a diagram you must either make surethat this directory can be accessed from the new site or you must copy the files alsoand specify the new directory path

See Line Lists settings for information on specifying line ID directories

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

CustomizingThis section describes ways in which you can customize the Piping andInstrumentation Diagrams workbench

Creating object classes and attributesCreating custom reports

Defining options

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Creating object classes andattributes

This section discusses creation of object classes and their attributes

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorCreating a new object class

Adding properties to an object classDefining discrete values for a property

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Starting the Feature Dictionary EditorThis task shows you how to start the Feature Dictionary Editor

The data dictionary editor allows you to create delete and manage object classes Object classes are classifications under whichyou create various objects like components for storing in the catalog You may for instance want to have several objects classesunder valve_function one of them being check_valve_function and create various types of check valve under the class1 Click Start - Equipment amp Systems - Feature Dictionary Editor The Feature Dictionary Editor opens

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

2 The specifications tree displays three views Referenced Dictionary will display under it any external dictionary files that arereferenced in the document Feature View will have under it all classes defined in the document Classes View will display allclasses available in the document including the predefined classes that are included with the application

3 On the right side Inherited View shows attributes that a class inherited from its super class Local Attributes shows attributesadded specifically to a class

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Creating a new object classThis task shows you how to create a new object class

1Click the Open Application Dictionary button The OpenApplication Dictionary dialog displays

2 Click on the down arrow and select one of the categories Enter a name in theClient ID field This will appear next to the classes in the specificationstree Click OK

3 The classes that are available to the document display in the specificationstree under Classes View The object classes that will be displayed are thebase classes included with the application You cannot rename or deletethem but you can create object classes under them

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

4 Double click on the object class under which you want to create the new

class then click the Create Subclass button The Create Subclassdialog box displays

5 Enter a name in the Class name field and click OK

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

6 The new object class is created and displays in the specifications tree underFeature View and Classes View

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Adding properties to an object classThis task shows you how to add properties to an object class

1 In the specifications tree select the class to which you want to add a propertyWhen you select a class its existing properties show under the InheritedAttributes and Local Attributes windows Inherited attributes are thoseinherited from the super class to which this class belongs Local attributes areproperties added to the class itself

2Click on the Add Attributes button The Add Attribute dialog box willdisplay

3 Enter an attribute name

Click on the down arrow in the Attribute type field and select an attribute type

Click on the down arrow in the With field and select Single Value or DiscreteValues If you select Single Value you will be able to change the value laterby using the Edit - Properties command and entering a new value If youchoose Discrete Values you will only be able to select a value from apredefined list

Enter a default value

Click OK4 The new attribute will display in the Local Attributes window

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Defining discrete values for a propertyThis task shows you how to define discrete values for a property

When you add properties to an object class you have to select whether you want a single value or discrete valuesIf you select discrete values it means that the property will have predefined values - the user will not be able toenter a value but will have to select from a predefined list Those values are created in a text file and stored in aspecific directory This task shows you how to create and store those discrete values1 Open a file using any text editor (like Notepad) and enter the values you want to associate with the property The

values must be entered in a single column and must indicate the value and the unit such as 23 inches 2 Give the file the same name as the property - if the property name is Length you have to name the file Length

Save the file in CATIAs resourcesgraphic directory The exact path will depend on your setup3 Go to Tools - Options select Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

4 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file in which the property is defined - this is the file in which youcreated the property The file will have a CATfct extension Enter only the file name and extension - remove thefull directory path Enter the file name in one of the four class dictionary fields depending on the type of class towhich the property has been added If it is a piping type of class then enter it in the Piping Class Dictionary

5 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are storedEnter the full directory path

6 Click OK The discrete values will be defined When a user opens the Edit - Properties dialog box for a componentto which this property has been applied he will be able to select from the discrete values you defined

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Creating custom reportsThis section describes how you can create reports that display the attributes of objectsyou are working with You can also customize the reports to suit your own needs

Generating a reportCreating a toolbar shortcut for a macro

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Generating a reportThis task shows you how to create a new report that lists the attributes of an object

The report will list the values of attributes like pressure length diameter openclose position etc These values willonly be displayed if they have been added to the object and if the attribute is included in the report1 Select the object for which you want to generate a report You can select objects in the specifications tree or by using

the Edit - Search command

2 Click Tools-Macro-Macros The Macro dialog box displays If the file CATSchAttrValueWYSIWYGCATScriptis not displayed in the box then select External File in the Macro In field click Select and navigate to thedirectory Intel_acodecommand Select the file named above and click Open The file will display in the Macrodialog box

If you want to edit the script that creates the report then click Edit You need to have some knowledge andexperience of Visual Basic to edit scripts3 Select the file and click Run The Report Generation dialog box will display asking you to enter the name of a

template Four templates are provided with this application for four types of reports Part Instrument FromTo (forlines) and Equipment They reside in the Intel_acodecommand directory Enter the full directory path based onyour setup and change the last word to one of the four types mentioned above Your selection will be based on thetype of object for which you are seeking to generate a report

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

4 Click OK The report will appear in the form of an Excel spreadsheet If the object has attributes associated with itand these attributes are entered in the report then they will display

5 If an attribute is not entered in the report you can add it by clicking on an empty column and entering it

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Creating a toolbar shortcut for amacro

This task shows you how to create a button in the toolbar to run a macro

Macros are used to generate reports (see Generating a report) Creating a buttonfor a macro in the toolbar automates part of the process involved in generating areport1 Click Tools-Customize The Customize dialog box displays

2 Select the Commands tab and select Macros in the left column All macros aredisplayed in the right column

3 Click and drag the macro to the toolbar in which you want to place it The toolbarwill display a button that you can click to generate the report

4 To customize the icon on the button you just created click on ShowProperties and then on the Icon button Icons available to you will bedisplayed Select one and click Close

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Defining optionsThis section explains how to define options

User Dictionary settingsDiagrams settingsLine Lists settings

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

User Dictionary settingsThis task explains the User Dictionary settings

The User Dictionary tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the User Dictionary tab

2 Enter the name of the Feature Dictionary Editor file you wish to reference in each of the first four fields The filewill have a CATfct extension as shown above The files contain the object classes that you create and theproperties you assign to each of them You can have more than one CATfct file but you will reference only one ata time You need to enter the file names in the appropriate field depending on its category

Enter only the file name and extension

Click here to learn more about the Feature Dictionary Editor3 In the Discrete Values Directory field enter the name of the directory in which the discrete values files are stored

Enter the full directory path4 Click OK

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Diagrams settingsThis task explains the Diagrams settings

The Diagrams tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Diagrams tab

2 Make your selections from the options which are self explanatory3 Click OK

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Line Lists settingsThis task explains the Line Lists settings

The Line Lists tab is one of three tabs under the Options menu that is specific to PID and HVAC Diagrams

1 Click Tools - Options Equipment amp Systems and select the Line Lists tab

2 Enter the name (and full path) of the directory where you want to store each type of Line ID file Each line ID thatyou create has a file associated with it and you must specify where you want to store it There are three types ofline ID and you must enter a directory for each of them

3 Click OK

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Workbench DescriptionThe Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams workbench has the following toolbars

Design Modify Toolbar

Build Create Toolbar

Design Create Toolbar

OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar

Line ID Toolbar

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Design Modify ToolbarThe Design Modify Toolbar contains the following tools

See Rotating a component

See Rotating a componentSee Flipping a component in free space

See Flipping a component in free spaceSee Flipping a connected component

See Flipping a connected componentSee Changing the scale of a component

See Connect objects

See Disconnect objects

See Breaking a route

See Connecting two routes

See Display flow arrows on a route

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Build Create ToolbarThe Build Create Toolbar contains the following tools

See Building new components

See Define connectors on a component

See Define flow path on a component

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Design Create ToolbarThe Design Create toolbar contains the following tools

See Placing components

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

See Routing a piping line or I amp C loop

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

OnOff Sheet Connector ToolbarThe OnOff Sheet Connector Toolbar contains the following tools

See Place on and off sheet connectors

See Query connector for linked document

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

See Link and unlink on and off sheet connectors

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

Line ID ToolbarThe Line ID Toolbar contains the following tools

See Create a Line ID

See Select a Line ID or Query a line ID

See Transfer members of a line ID

See Rename a line ID

See Delete a line ID

IndexAannotating

Bbranch

creating

Ccatalog

storing objects

classes

adding properties

creating

components

change scale

define representations

flip in free space

flip inline

placing

placing in piping line or I amp C loop

repositioning in network

place multiple times

rotate

switch graphic representations

connect

objects

connectors

define on component

flow capability

flow path

create component

create graphic

build component

Ddata dictionary

starting editor

disconnect

objects

diagrams settings

discrete values

EFfeature dictionary editor

flow arrows

displayhide in document

displayhide on line

flow direction

set

Ggraphic representations

switch

grid

ILline gaps

displayhide

line ID

create

delete

shared

local

modify properties

query

rename

select

transfer members

line lists settings

Mmacro

creating shortcut

Nnozzle

placing on component

Oobject classes

adding properties

on and off sheet connectors

building a graphic

linking

opening linked document

placing

querying

unlinking

options

Ppiping line

route

place components in

printing

properties

display

edit

filter

Rreport

generating

routing

between equipment

creating a branch

moving extremity

Ssearch command

Ttransferring a diagram

Uunits

setting

user dictionary settings

Wworkbench description

place multiple times

rotate

switch graphic representations

connect

objects

connectors

define on component

flow capability

flow path

create component

create graphic

build component

Ddata dictionary

starting editor

disconnect

objects

diagrams settings

discrete values

EFfeature dictionary editor

flow arrows

displayhide in document

displayhide on line

flow direction

set

Ggraphic representations

switch

grid

ILline gaps

displayhide

line ID

create

delete

shared

local

modify properties

query

rename

select

transfer members

line lists settings

Mmacro

creating shortcut

Nnozzle

placing on component

Oobject classes

adding properties

on and off sheet connectors

building a graphic

linking

opening linked document

placing

querying

unlinking

options

Ppiping line

route

place components in

printing

properties

display

edit

filter

Rreport

generating

routing

between equipment

creating a branch

moving extremity

Ssearch command

Ttransferring a diagram

Uunits

setting

user dictionary settings

Wworkbench description

EFfeature dictionary editor

flow arrows

displayhide in document

displayhide on line

flow direction

set

Ggraphic representations

switch

grid

ILline gaps

displayhide

line ID

create

delete

shared

local

modify properties

query

rename

select

transfer members

line lists settings

Mmacro

creating shortcut

Nnozzle

placing on component

Oobject classes

adding properties

on and off sheet connectors

building a graphic

linking

opening linked document

placing

querying

unlinking

options

Ppiping line

route

place components in

printing

properties

display

edit

filter

Rreport

generating

routing

between equipment

creating a branch

moving extremity

Ssearch command

Ttransferring a diagram

Uunits

setting

user dictionary settings

Wworkbench description

local

modify properties

query

rename

select

transfer members

line lists settings

Mmacro

creating shortcut

Nnozzle

placing on component

Oobject classes

adding properties

on and off sheet connectors

building a graphic

linking

opening linked document

placing

querying

unlinking

options

Ppiping line

route

place components in

printing

properties

display

edit

filter

Rreport

generating

routing

between equipment

creating a branch

moving extremity

Ssearch command

Ttransferring a diagram

Uunits

setting

user dictionary settings

Wworkbench description

placing

querying

unlinking

options

Ppiping line

route

place components in

printing

properties

display

edit

filter

Rreport

generating

routing

between equipment

creating a branch

moving extremity

Ssearch command

Ttransferring a diagram

Uunits

setting

user dictionary settings

Wworkbench description

Ssearch command

Ttransferring a diagram

Uunits

setting

user dictionary settings

Wworkbench description